2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.8" />
<title></title>
<style type="text/css">
/*
* compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface,
* modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from:
* compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name>
* Licence: Public Domain
*
* Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ...
*/
* { padding: 0; margin: 0; }
img { border: 0; }
/*** Layout ***/
body { margin: 10px 20px; }
#header br { display: none; }
#revnumber { display: block; }
#toc { margin: 1em 0; }
.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; }
.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; }
#footer { margin-top: 2em; }
#preamble .sectionbody,
h2,
h3,
h4,
h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
.admonitionblock,
.listingblock,
.sidebarblock,
.exampleblock,
.tableblock,
.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; }
.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; }
.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; }
.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; }
.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; }
.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; }
.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; }
.tableblock thead th,
.tableblock tbody td,
.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; }
.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; }
.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child,
.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child,
.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; }
.ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; }
li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist,
dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; }
ul { margin-left: 1.5em; }
ol { margin-left: 2em; }
dd { margin-left: 3em; }
td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; }
/*** Fonts ***/
body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; }
#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; }
#email { font-size: 0.85em; }
#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; }
#toc { font-size: 0.9em; }
#toctitle { font-weight: bold; }
#footer { font-size: 0.8em; }
h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
h2 { font-size: 1.5em; }
.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; }
.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; }
h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */
h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */
h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */
.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */
font-weight: bold;
}
tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */
dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif;
font-size: 118%; /* 1em */
font-style: italic;
}
.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; }
/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/
h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; }
h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
h3 { display: inline-block; }
h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; }
.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
.tableblock table {
border-collapse: collapse;
border-width: 3px;
border-color: #527bbd;
}
.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; }
.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; }
.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; }
.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; }
.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *,
.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * {
border-top: 1px solid #527bbd;
}
.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *,
.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * {
border-left: 1px solid #527bbd;
}
.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * {
border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */
}
.tableblock table tr *:first-child {
border-left: none;
}
.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *,
.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * {
border-top: 1px solid white;
border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd;
}
.tableblock table tr td p.table,
.tableblock table tr td p.table * {
border: 0px;
}
tt, .monospaced { color: navy; }
li { color: #a0a0a0; }
li > * { color: black; }
span.aqua { color: aqua; }
span.black { color: black; }
span.blue { color: blue; }
span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; }
span.gray { color: gray; }
span.green { color: green; }
span.lime { color: lime; }
span.maroon { color: maroon; }
span.navy { color: navy; }
span.olive { color: olive; }
span.purple { color: purple; }
span.red { color: red; }
span.silver { color: silver; }
span.teal { color: teal; }
span.white { color: white; }
span.yellow { color: yellow; }
span.aqua-background { background: aqua; }
span.black-background { background: black; }
span.blue-background { background: blue; }
span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; }
span.gray-background { background: gray; }
span.green-background { background: green; }
span.lime-background { background: lime; }
span.maroon-background { background: maroon; }
span.navy-background { background: navy; }
span.olive-background { background: olive; }
span.purple-background { background: purple; }
span.red-background { background: red; }
span.silver-background { background: silver; }
span.teal-background { background: teal; }
span.white-background { background: white; }
span.yellow-background { background: yellow; }
span.big { font-size: 2em; }
span.small { font-size: 0.6em; }
span.underline { text-decoration: underline; }
span.overline { text-decoration: overline; }
span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; }
/*** Misc ***/
.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; }
.attribution { text-align: right; }
ul { list-style-type: disc; }
ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; }
ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; }
</style>
<script type="text/javascript">
/*<+'])');
// Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2
// nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all
// browsers).
var iterate = function (el) {
for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) {
if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) {
var mo = re.exec(i.tagName);
if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") {
result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1);
}
iterate(i);
}
}
}
iterate(el);
return result;
}
var toc = document.getElementById("toc");
if (!toc) {
return;
}
// Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC.
var tocEntriesToRemove = [];
var i;
for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) {
var entry = toc.childNodes[i];
if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div'
&& entry.getAttribute("class")
&& entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/))
tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry);
}
for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) {
toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]);
}
// Rebuild TOC entries.
var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels);
for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) {
var entry = entries[i];
if (entry.element.id == "")
entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i;
var a = document.createElement("a");
a.href = "#" + entry.element.id;
a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text));
var div = document.createElement("div");
div.appendChild(a);
div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel;
toc.appendChild(div);
}
if (entries.length == 0)
toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc);
},
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Footnotes generator
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/* Based on footnote generation code from:
* http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html
*/
footnotes: function () {
// Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes.
var i;
var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes");
if (!noteholder) {
return;
}
var entriesToRemove = [];
for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) {
var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i];
if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
entriesToRemove.push(entry);
}
for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) {
noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]);
}
// Rebuild footnote entries.
var cont = document.getElementById("content");
var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span");
var refs = {};
var n = 0;
for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
if (spans[i].className == "footnote") {
n++;
var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note");
if (!note) {
// Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work.
// Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag.
note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1];
spans[i].innerHTML =
"[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n +
"' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note);
}
noteholder.innerHTML +=
"<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" +
"<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" +
n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>";
var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id");
if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n;
}
}
if (n == 0)
noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder);
else {
// Process footnoterefs.
for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") {
var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href");
href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL.
n = refs[href];
spans[i].innerHTML =
"[<a href='#_footnote_" + n +
"' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
}
}
}
},
install: function(toclevels) {
var timerId;
function reinstall() {
asciidoc.footnotes();
if (toclevels) {
asciidoc.toc(toclevels);
}
}
function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() {
clearInterval(timerId);
reinstall();
}
timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
if (document.addEventListener)
document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
else
window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
}
}
asciidoc.install(3);
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
/*]]>*/
</script>
</head>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<body class="article">
<div id="header">
</div>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div id="content">
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
</div>
</div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUEL UTILISATEUR</span></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Auteurs du manuel</strong> : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.5, Septembre 2015</em></span></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenue en tant qu’utilisateur de <em>Subsurface</em>, un programme avancé
d’enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne
infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
en scaphandre et en apnée. <em>Subsurface</em> offre de nombreux avantages par
rapport à d’autres solutions logicielles similaires :</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<li>
<p>
Avez-vous besoin d’une façon d’enregistrer vos plongées utilisant des
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
équipements loisirs, même sans utiliser d’ordinateur de plongée ?
</p>
</li>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<li>
<p>
Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d’ordinateurs de plongée, chacun avec
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
son propre logiciel propriétaire pour télécharger les enregistrements des
plongées ? Plongez-vous avec un recycleur ou un équipement en circuit ouvert
ou de loisir ? Utilisez-vous un enregistreur de profondeur et de durée
Reefnet Sensus avec un ordinateur de plongée ? <em>Subsurface</em> offre une
interface standard pour télécharger les enregistrements des plongées à
partir de tous ces équipements de plongée et pour enregistrer et analyser
ces enregistrements dans un système unique.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Utilisez-vous plus d’un système d’exploitation ? <em>Subsurface</em> est
intégralement compatible avec Mac, Linux et Windows, ce qui vous permet
d’accéder à vos enregistrements de plongées sur chaque système
d’exploitation en utilisant une application unique.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Utilisez-vous Linux ou Mac et votre ordinateur de plongée n’a que des
logiciels pour Windows pour télécharger les informations de plongées (par
exemple Mares) ? <em>Subsurface</em> fournit un moyen de télécharger et d’analyser
vos enregistrements de plongées sur d’autres systèmes d’exploitation.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Avez-vous besoin d’un planificateur de plongée graphique intuitif qui
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
intègre et prend en compte les plongées qui ont déjà été enregistrées ?
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Do you need a way of storing or backing up your dive log on the Internet,
allowing you to view your dive log from anywhere, using an Internet browser?
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> est disponible pour Windows (Win XP ou plus récent), les Macs
basés sur processeurs Intel (OS/X) et de nombreuses distributions
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> peut être compilé pour bien plus de plateformes
matérielles et d’environnements logiciels où Qt et libdivecomputer sont
disponibles.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Le but de ce document est l’utilisation du programme Subsurface. Pour
installer le logiciel, consultez la page <em>Téléchargement</em> sur le
<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de <em>Subsurface</em></a>. En cas de
problème, vous pouvez envoyer un e-mail sur
<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">notre liste de diffusion</a> et
rapportez les bogues sur <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">notre bugtracker</a>. Pour
des instructions de compilation du logiciel et (si besoin) de ses
dépendances, merci de consulter le fichier INSTALL inclus dans les sources
logicielles.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Public</strong> : Plongeurs loisirs, apnéistes, plongeurs Tek et plongeurs
professionnels</p></div>
<div id="toc">
<div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
<noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">1. Utilisation de ce manuel</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsqu’il est ouvert depuis <em>Subsurface</em>, ce manuel n’a pas de contrôles
externes. Cependant, une fonction de <em>RECHERCHE</em> est importante. Elle est
activée par la combinaison de touches du clavier Ctrl-F ou commande-F. Un
champ de recherche apparait en bas de la fenêtre. Il suffit de l’utiliser
pour rechercher n’importe quel terme dans le manuel.</p></div>
</div>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_le_sondage_utilisateur">2. Le sondage utilisateur</h2>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dans le but de développer <em>Subsurface</em> d’une manière qui serve ses
utilisateurs de la meilleur manière qu’il soit, il est important d’avoir des
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
informations sur les utilisateurs. À l’ouverture de <em>Subsurface</em> après avoir
utilisé le logiciel pendant une semaine environ, une fenêtre de sondage
apparait. Cela est complètement optionnel et l’utilisateur contrôle quelles
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
informations sont envoyées ou non à l'équipe de développement de
<em>Subsurface</em>. Toutes les données que l’utilisateur choisit d’envoyer sont
extrêmement utiles et ne seront utilisées que pour les futures
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
développements et modifications du logiciel pour coller au mieux aux besoins
des utilisateurs de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si vous complétez le sondage ou cliquez
sur l’option pour ne plus être sondé, cela devrait être la dernière
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
communication de ce type que vous recevrez. Cependant, si vos habitudes de
plongées ou d’utilisation de Subsurface changent, vous pouvez envoyer un
nouveau sondage en démarrant <em>Subsurface</em> avec l’option <em>--survey</em> sur la
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
ligne de commande.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Commencer à utiliser le programme</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>La fenêtre <em>Subsurface</em> est généralement divisée en 4 panneaux avec un <strong>Menu
principal</strong> (Fichier Importer Journal Vue Aide) en haut de la fenêtre (pour
Windows et Linux) ou en haut de l'écran (pour Mac et Ubuntu Unity). Les
quatre panneaux sont :</p></div>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> en bas à gauche, contenant une liste de toutes les
plongées du journal (carnet) de plongées de l’utilisateur. Une plongée peut
être sélectionnée et mise en surbrillance dans la liste en cliquant
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
dessus. Dans la plupart des cas, les touches haut/bas peuvent être utilisée
pour passer d’une plongée à l’autre. La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> est un outil
important pour manipuler un journal (carnet) de plongée.</p></div>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>carte de plongée</strong> en bas à droite, affiche les sites de plongées de
l’utilisateur, sur une carte mondiale et centrée sur le site de la dernière
plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Les <strong>informations</strong> en haut à gauche, fournissent des informations détaillées
sur la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, dont des
statistiques pour la plongée sélectionnée ou pour toutes les plongées mises
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
en surbrillance.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Le <strong>profil de plongée</strong> en haut à droite, affiche un profil de plongée
graphique de la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Les séparateurs entre ces panneaux peuvent être déplacés pour modifier la
taille de chaque panneau. <em>Subsurface</em> mémorise la position de ces
séparateurs, pour qu’au prochain lancement <em>Subsurface</em> utilise ces
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
positions.</p></div>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Si une unique plongée est sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>,
l’emplacement de la plongée, les informations détaillées et le profil de la
<em>plongée sélectionnée</em> sont affichées dans les panneaux respectifs. D’autre
part, si plusieurs plongées sont sélectionnées, la dernière mise en
surbrillance est la <em>plongée sélectionnée</em>, mais les données de <em>toutes les
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
plongées mises en surbrillances</em> sont affichées dans l’onglet <strong>Stats</strong> du
panneau <strong>informations</strong> (profondeur maximale, minimale et moyenne, les
durées, les températures de l’eau et le SAC (air consommé); temps total et
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
nombre de plongées sélectionnées).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>L’utilisateur peut déterminer si lesquels des quatre panneaux sont affichés
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
en sélectionnant l’option <strong>Vue</strong> dans le menu principal. Cette fonctionnalité
permet plusieurs choix d’affichage :</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tout</strong> : affiche les quatre panneaux tels que sur la capture d'écran ci-dessus.</p></div>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Liste des plongées</strong> : affiche uniquement la liste des plongées.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profil</strong> : affiche uniquement le profile de plongée de la plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong> : affiche uniquement les notes de plongées de la dernière plongée sélectionnée et les statistiques pour
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
toutes les plongées mises en surbrillance.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong> : affiche uniquement la carte mondiale, centrée sur la dernière plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Comme la plupart des autre fonctions qui peuvent être accédée via le menu
principal, ces options peuvent être utilisées par des raccourcis
clavier. Les raccourcis pour un système particulier sont affichés avec un
souligné des les entrées de menu. À cause des différents systèmes
d’exploitation et des divers langues, <em>Subsurface</em> peut utiliser différentes
touches de raccourcis et ne sont donc pas détaillées ici.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsque le programme est lancé pour la première fois, il n’affiche aucune
information. Ceci parce que le programme n’a aucune information de plongée
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
disponible. Dans les sections suivantes, le procédure pour créer a nouveau
carnet de plongée sera détaillée.</p></div>
</div>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Créer un nouveau carnet de plongée</h2>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sélectionner <em>Fichier → Nouveau carnet de plongée</em> à partir du menu
principal. Toutes les données de plongées sont effacées pour que de
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
nouvelles puissent être ajoutées. S’il existe des données non encore
enregistrées dans le carnet ouvert, l’utilisateur devra sélectionner s’il
faut les enregistrer ou non avant de créer le nouveau carnet.</p></div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Enregistrement des informations de plongée dans le carnet</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Maintenant qu’un nouveau carnet de plongée a été créé, il est simple de lui
ajouter des données. <em>Subsurface</em> permet plusieurs façons pour ajouter des
données de plongée au carnet. Plus de détails dans les sections suivantes.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>1) Si l’utilisateur possède un carnet manuscrit, un tableur ou une autre forme
de
carnet maintenu manuellement, les données de plongée peuvent être ajoutées
au carnet en utilisant une des approches suivantes :</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Entrer les informations de plongée à la main. Cela est utile si le plongeur
n’a pas
utilisé d’ordinateur de plongée et que les plongées sont inscrites dans un
carnet manuscrit. Voir <a href="#S_EnterData">Entrer les informations de plongée
à la main</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Importer les informations de plongée qui ont été maintenues soit dans un
tableur
soit dans un fichier CSV. Se reporter à : <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ANNEXE D :
Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</a> et à
<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer des plongées au format CSV</a>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>2) Si les plongées ont été enregistrées en utilisant un ordinateur de plongée,
le profil de profondeur de la
plongée et de nombreuses informations supplémentaires peuvent être
utilisées. Ces plongées peuvent être importées à partir de :</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
L’ordinateur de plongée lui-même. Voir : <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importer
de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</a> ou
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Logiciels propriétaires fournis par les fabricants d’ordinateurs de
plongée. Voir
<a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importer les informations à partir d’autres
sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Importer à partir d’un tableur ou de fichiers CSV contenant les profils de
plongées.
Voir : <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir
des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</a>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entrer les informations de plongée à la main</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic
record of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important
information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time,
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and of the dive master or dive
guide, and some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more
information than this for each dive. In order to add a dive to a dive log,
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
select <em>Log → Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three
panels to enter information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel
(<strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays
a graphical profile of each dive. These panels are respectively marked
<span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and <span class="red">C</span> in the figure below. Each of these tabs will
now be explained for data entry.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When one edits a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters
<strong>Editing Mode</strong>, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is displayed in all the
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a
dive have been entered. When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>,
<em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed before saving the
information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the
information for this specific dive is saved in memory. When one closes
Subsurface, the program will ask again, this time whether the complete dive
log should be saved on disk or not.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Creating a Dive Profile</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a
function of time) is indicated in the panel on the top right hand of the
<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook,
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em> presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to
best represent the dive being described:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive
profile, its position is indicated by two right-angled red lines as shown
below. The time and depth represented by the cursor are indicated at the
top of the black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on
the axes are determined by the <strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile
itself comprises several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots
on the profile, as shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m. If the
dive depth was 20 m then the user needs to drag the appropriate waypoints
downwards to represent 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on any line
segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it. To remove this waypoint,
right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the context menu. Drag
the waypoints to represent an accurate time duration for the dive. Below is
a dive profile for a dive to 20 m for 30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety
stop at 5 m.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" />
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
</div>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is clearly
indicated along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
first gas mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
case of the profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile
can be edited. This is done by right-clicking on the particular waypoint and
selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing the gas for a
waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of that
waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab appear in
the context menu (see image below).</p></div>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>With the profile having been defined, more details must be added in order to
have a fuller record of the dive. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the
<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be
used. Click on <a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>this link</strong></a> for instructions to use these
tabs.</p></div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importer de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</h3>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration,
rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can
capture this information and present it as part of the dive information,
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
using dive information from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list
of supported dive computers can be found at:
<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
</td>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in their
PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We
therefore recommend that the user checks if the dive computer is charged
when connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and
Mares dive computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users
should refer to the dive computer’s manual if they are unsure whether the
dive computer recharges its batteries while connected to the USB port.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with
<em>Subsurface</em>, it is necessary that the two pieces of equipment communicate
with one another. This involves setting up the communications port (or
mount point) of the computer with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the
dive computer. In order to set up this communication, one needs to find the
appropriate information to instruct <em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the
dive information.
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
A</a> provides the technical information to help the user achieving this for
different operating systems and
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
B</a> has dive computer specific information.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC, which can
be achieved by following these steps:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red
or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual)
</p>
</li>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<li>
<p>
The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode.
(Se reporter au manuel de l’ordinateur de plongée)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import → Import From Dive
Computer</em>. Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears:
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even
though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
reason, if the divecomputer allows this, <em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives
that have not been uploaded before. This makes the download process faster
on most dive computers and also saves battery power of the dive computer (at
least for those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the
<strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto,
Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model
name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200
(Oceanic), or Puck (Mares).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth
port name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive
computer. The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
A</a> and
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
B</a> for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for
a particular dive computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct
settings to the operating system of the computer on which <em>Subsurface</em> is
running.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the
checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only
downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
panel. If one or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> have been accidentally
deleted or if there are older dives that still need to be downloaded from
the dive computer, this checkbox needs to be activated. Some dive computers
(e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the
download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive
computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check
box.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and,
during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer
and on the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em>
divelog will be overwritten by the dive record from the dive computer.
</p>
</li>
<li>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<p>
The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the
downloaded dives are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and
<em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools
when problems with downloads are experienced (see below).
</p>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
Then select the <em>Download</em> button. With communication established, one can
see how the data are retrieved from the dive computer. Depending on the
make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this could take
some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue shows a progress bar at the
bottom of the dialogue (for some dive computers the progress information
could be inaccurate as we cannot determine how much downloadable data there
is until all data have been downloaded). After successful download, Dialogue
<strong>B</strong> in the figure above appears. After the dives have been downloaded, they
appear in a tabular format on the righthand side of the dialogue (see image
<strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, with the date, duration
and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that
need to be transfered to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. In the case of the image above,
the last six dives are checked and will be transfered to the <strong>Dive
List</strong>. Then click the <em>OK</em> button at the bottom of the dialogue. All the
imported dives appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date and
time. Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to conserve its battery
power.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After this has been completed, select the OK button. The checked dives are
transfered to the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<li>
<p>
If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error
message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0
Mares (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sidebarblock">
<div class="content">
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">Check the following:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or Upload mode?
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Is the battery of the dive computer fully charged? If not then the battery
must be charged or replaced.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work perfectly using other
software? Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being
used? Are the contacts on the dive computer and the cable clean?
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Consult
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
A</a> and make sure that the correct Mount Point was specified (see above).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the
USB port? If not, consult
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
A</a>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>Subsurface</em> computer does not recognise the USB adaptor by showing
an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a
possibility that the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the
most common cause of communication failure between dive computer and
<em>Subsurface</em> computer. It is also possible that the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
cannot interpret the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with
the following two check boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed
above:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile
Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered
during the download process: under normal circumstances they should not be checked.
When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder to
save the information to. The default folder is the one in which the <em>Subsurface</em>
dive log is kept.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes
checked, no dives are added to the
<strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>subsurface.log
subsurface.bin</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list:
<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a request for the files to be
analysed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual
information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div>
</div></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.2. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to
upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if one’s partner’s dive
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
computer is the same make and model as one’s own and dive logs are uploaded
from both dive computers to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then one would
perhaps like to call one dc "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other one "Bob’s
Suunto D4". Alternatively, consider a technical diver dives with two or more
dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded.
In this case it might be prudent to call one of them "Suunto D4 (1)" and
another one "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>. On the
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog opens, indicating
the current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for
upload. Edit the Nickname field for the appropriate dive computer. After
saving the Nickname, the dive logs show the nickname for that particular
device instead of the model name, allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.3. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive
computer is not complete and more details must be added in order to have a
fuller record of the dives. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To have a more complete dive record the user needs to add additional
information by hand. The procedure below is virtually identical for
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases, one has to provide the date and time of the dive, e.g. when
entering a dive by hand or when a dive computer does not privide the date
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
and time of the dive. (Usually the date and time of the dive, gas mixture
and water temperature are shown as obtained from the dive computer) If the
contents of the <strong>Notes tab</strong> is changed or edited in any way, the message in
a blue box at the top of the panel indicates that the dive is being
edited. If one clicks on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are visible
(left hand image, below):</p></div>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive
information. The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By
clicking the date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the
correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and
minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text
box and by overtyping the information displayed.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water
temperature information and this box may therefore contain information.
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
If air temperature is not provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading
might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close enough to the real air temperature as
the change in the temperature sensor reading is quite slow to follow the changes in the environment.
If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
automatically supplied by
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
be used).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>: Here the name of the dive site can be entered, e.g. "Tihany, Lake
Balaton, Hungary". Dive locations are managed as a separate part of the dive log.
After entering the information for a particilar dive site, and several dives are
performed at the same location, the information is re-used without requiring
full dive site information again. Existing dive location information
can be edited at any time by selecting (on the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel) a dive performed at that site
and by opening the location information by clicking the globe button on the
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
right of the location name (see image on the righ, above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of
dive site names makes it easy to select a dive site that already exists in the dive log
(i.e. when typing the name of a dive site,
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar names). If the dive
site has been used before, click on the already-existing name.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the present dive site has not been used before, a message appears as
follows (image <strong>A</strong> below):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location description panel" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Click the + icon on the right hand side. A panel appears to enter the
coordinates and other important information about the site (image <strong>B</strong>,
above). The most important items are the coordinates of the site. There are
three ways of specifying the coordinates:</p></div>
<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
<li>
<p>
One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part
of the Subsurface window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No
location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive
location". Upon a double-click at the appropriate place, the orange bar
disappears and the coordinates are stored.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The coordinates can be obtained from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if the
user has an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the coordinates of the
dive site were stored using that device. <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for
more information</a>
</p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four
formats with latitude followed by longitude:
</p>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<div class="literalblock">
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<div class="content">
<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E Degrees and decimal
minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds,
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 ,
30.821798</code></pre>
</div></div>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a
negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with
a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards
don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d
W20d.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location
name - so adding coordinates to dives that do not have a location description
will cause unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all of these
dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the
same).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter any other textual information about the dive site (Description and
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
Notes), then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
site. At a later stage the dive site information can be edited by clicking
the globe icon to the right of the dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing one to choose the type of dive
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default seting, meant for most recreational dives),
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive should be
entered in this field
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
which offers auto selection based on the list of dive masters in
the current logbook.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, one enters the name(s) of the buddy / buddies
(separated with commas) who accompanied him/her on the
dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is
offered.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered.
Auto selection of the suit description is available.
Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of
suit and thermal undersuit was used.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a
5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
dive on a
5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive performed can be entered
here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training,
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
cave, etc.
<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If the user starts typing a tag, the
program
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, if the user
typed
<code>cav</code>, then the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown for the user to choose from.</p></div>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> and <em>Discard changes</em> buttons are used to save all the
information for tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel and in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, so
there’s no need to use them until <strong>ALL</strong> other information has been
added. The image <a href="#S_Notes_dc">at the beginning of this section</a> shows an
example of a <strong>Notes tab</strong> after completion of the dive information.</p></div>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
</div>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_equipment">Equipment</h5>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allows one to enter information about the type of cylinder
and gas used as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in a blue
box at the top of the panel:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>indicates that the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
of <em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here)
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
determines the behaviour of the <strong>Dive profile</strong> (top right-hand panel).</p></div>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks
like this:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
computers, <em>Subsurface</em> often obtains the gas used from the dive computer
and automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the
table. The + button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders
for this dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows the deletion of
information for a cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a
cylinder if it is used during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used
in the dive, even without a gas change event.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The user should start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of
the table. To select a cylinder, the <em>Type</em> box should be clicked. This
brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown list of
cylinders:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was
used for this dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the
available options for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as
well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will automatically be shown in
the dialogue.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the
specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial)
corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can
be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used,
their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. Any
inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for
the cylinder, save the data either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by
clicking outside the cell containing the cursor. Information for any
additional cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right
hand. Following is an example of a complete description for a dive using two
cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" />
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered
using a dialogue very similar to that of the cylinder information. If one
clicks
the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like
this:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <em>Type</em> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through
a down-arrow:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system used during the dive or
the user may start typing in the box to specify a different weighting
mechanism that will be saved by <em>Subsurface</em>. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, type
in the amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight
system, save the data by either pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by
clicking outside the cell with the cursor. It is possible to enter
information for more than one weight system by adding an additional system
using the + button on the top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted
using the dustbin icon on the left hand. Here is an example of information
for a dive with two types of weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.4. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of
each uploaded dive is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well as a few
items of information in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the
<strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). However the other
fields remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the
2015-02-19 05:33:00 +00:00
fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it is possible
that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using identical
equipment while diving at the same dive site or with the same dive master
and/or buddy or tags. Instead of completing the information for each of
these dives separately, one can select all the dives for that day in the
<strong>Dive List</strong> and insert the same information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>
fields that need identical information. This is achieved by editing the dive
notes or the equipment for any one of the selected dives.</p></div>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain
information. This means that, if some fields have been edited for a
particular dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while
editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several
dives simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly
the same information</em> for all the dives that have been selected, the new,
edited information is substituted for all the selected dives, otherwise only
the edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in
the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This greatly speeds up the completion of the dive log after
several similar dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a
2015-02-19 05:33:00 +00:00
dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive
components</em>. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of
2015-02-19 05:33:00 +00:00
the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Select the fields to be
copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive
List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be pasted. Then,
from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>. All the selected
dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
log.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.5. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate their dives with text that indicate particular
events during the dive, e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface
buoy". This is easily done:</p></div>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up
the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is placed
on the dive profile at the point that was initially selected (see <strong>A</strong>
below).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong>
below). Select <em>Edit name</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong>
below). Select <em>OK</em>. This saves the text associated with the bookmark.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is
shown at the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below).
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" />
</div>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.6. Saving the updated dive information</h4>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be
saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If
the <em>Apply changes</em> button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the memory
image of the dive. If the <em>Discard changes</em> button is clicked, then the
newly entered dive data are erased from the computer memory, although the
dive profile is retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final
prompt to confirm that the new data should now be saved permanently on the
computer disk.</p></div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_importer_les_informations_à_partir_d_8217_autres_sources_de_données_numériques_ou_d_8217_autres_formats_de_données">5.3. Importer les informations à partir d’autres sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</h3>
<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If a user has been diving for some time, it is possible that several dives
were logged using other dive log software. This information does not need
retyping because these dive logs can probably be imported into
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of other dive
log software. While some software is supported natively, for others the user
has to export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so that they can then
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
be imported by <em>Subsurface</em>. Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV
log files from several sources. APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear
files are preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
configure their own imports. Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet)
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
can also be imported by configuring the CSV import. <em>Subsurface</em> can also
import UDDF and UDCF files used by some divelog software and some dive
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some divelog
software like Mares Dive Organiser it is currently suggested to import the
logbooks first into a webservice like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import them
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
from there with <em>Subsurface</em>, as divelogs.de supports a few additional
logbook formats that <em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot parse.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, it
should be sufficient to select either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File
→ Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats of many dive
computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives,
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em> tries to detect multiple records for the same dive and merges
the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone issues (or
other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to be
significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> will not create duplicate
entries. Below follows more specific information to achieve data import to
<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_using_the_universal_import_dialogue">5.3.1. Using the universal import dialogue</h4>
<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is performed through a universal
interface activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking
on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up dialogue <strong>A</strong>, below.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" />
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of
<em>Dive Log Files</em> which gives access to the different types of direct imports
available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log
systems)
</p>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
Cochran dive logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid)
</p>
</li>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<li>
<p>
UDCF-formatted dive logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Poseidon MkVI CCR logs
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
LiquiVision logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
divelog.de logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
OSTC Tools logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<p>
JDiveLog
</p>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4)
</p>
</li>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<li>
<p>
CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large
window containing the file list on the right of the dialogue opens the
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats, not
accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
below.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<h4 id="_importing_from_ostctools">5.3.2. Importing from OSTCTools</h4>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management
tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive
data from the dive computer and stores it as a binary file with file
extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using
the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
select <em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive
logs visible in the file list panel. Select one or more dive, then click the
<em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Actually, all H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em>, this includes OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport,
and probably although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and OSTC CR.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Please, remember that OSTCTools is <strong>not</strong> a true diving log software, but a
useful set of tools for analysis and management of OSTC devices. This way,
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
only raw dive computer data will be performed with the import to
<em>Subsurface</em>; one has to to manually complete the rest of data which may be
important (buddies, equipment, notes, etc).</p></div>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">5.3.3. Importing from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares utilise proprietary Windows software not compatible with
multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported
into <em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
process, using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a mechanism to extract the dive log
information.</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organiser to the user’s desktop,
using a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a>
for more information.
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. One needs to create a
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
user account in <em>www.divelogs.de</em>, log into that web site, then select
<em>Import Logbook → Dive Organiser</em> from the menu on the left hand side. The
instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information (in
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<em>.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organiser database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.
</p>
</li>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<li>
<p>
Finally, import the dives from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
instructions below.
</p>
</li>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.4. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single
dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong>
below). Enter a user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> into the appropriate
fields and then select the <em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em>
starts immediately, displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the
end of the download, the success status is indicated (see image <strong>B</strong>,
below). The <em>Apply</em> button should then be selected, after which the imported
dives appear in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" />
</div>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.5. Importer des données au format CSV</h4>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either
as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed
circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal simplified format that
allows for easy information exchange between different computers or software
packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be
exported in <em>CSV</em> format to other software that reads this format. See
<a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data into
<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>One can view a <em>CSV</em> file by using an ordinary text editor. It is normally
organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> or
<em>column headings</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one record per
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
line.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into
<em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to
that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth,
dive duration, names of buddy and dive master and perhaps some information
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
about cylinder pressures before and after the dive, as well as a comment or
two about the dive. All the data for a single dive go on a single line of
text, following the order of the column headings.
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information
about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second
intervals, indicating depth, water temperature at that depth, and cylinder
pressure at that moment in time. Each line contains the information for a
single instant in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that of the
previous instant. Many lines are required to complete the depth profile
information for a single dive. This is a common export format used by
closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive equipment and many software packages
that handle dive computer data and/or dive logs.
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>one needs to
know a few things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div>
<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<li>
<p>
Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a
TAB character. This can be determined by opening the file with a text
editor. If it is comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or
semicolon characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are
not evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, the file is probably
TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator).
</p>
</li>
<li>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<p>
Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive
details</em> file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text
editor and note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column
positions.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial unis?
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Armed with this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is
straightforward. Select <em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In
the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom
right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected directory. Select the file
that needs to be imported. A configuration panel appears as depicted below:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Notice that, at the top left, there is a dropdown list containing
pre-configured settings for some of the more common dive computers and
software packages encountered by divers. If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported
originated from any of these pre-configured items, then select it. Otherwise
use the <em>Manual Import</em> option. The configuration panel also has dropdown
lists for the specification of the appropriate field separator (Tab, comma
or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file, the time units
(seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system (metric or
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for the
successful import of the data.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The last remaining task is to ensure that all the data columns have the
appropriate column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the
column headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons
immediately above these contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These
balloons can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For instance,
<em>Subsurface</em> expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive
# ". If the column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row,
then drag the appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the
appropriate blue cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct
column for "Dive #", drag the ballooned item labeled "Dive # " and drop it
in the blue cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
depicted in the image below.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" />
</div>
</div>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure that all the column headings in the blue row
of cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the
dialogue. Having completed this task, select the <em>OK</em> button to the bottom
right of the dialogue. The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown
in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro">
<div class="content">
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated
2015-02-19 05:33:00 +00:00
Values</em>. It is a file format allowing someone to view or edit the
information using a text editor such as Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
TextWrangler (OS/X). The two main advantages of the <em>CSV</em> format is that the
data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software and
ensuring all information is human-readable, not being obscured by any custom
or proprietary attributes that proprietary software insert into files.
Because of its simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used as an interchange format
between many software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, statistical,
graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can
also be used to import information from other sources such as
spreadsheet-based dive logs and even from some dive computers.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most
important attribute of a <em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character
used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is
frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When
exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be
specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are normally
organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of
the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each
field name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance
<em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives
using a comma as a field separator:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information
in TAB-delimited format:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the
comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB
characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top
line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE
character: the tabs are before and after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in
the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot
be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited
example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive
computer:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column
headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em>
file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files. <em>CSV</em> files can
therefore be used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em>
dive log. Knowledge of a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em>
file allows a smooth import of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
</div></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">The <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. One should avoid some special
characters like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
quotes (") as part of the numbers or text within a cell. The file should use
UTF-8 character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the
<em>CSV</em> file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (<em>CSV dive
details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed the limits of the parser
used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with a
smaller file to make sure everything works.</td>
</tr></table>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> or
<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates
for the diving
location can be automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em>
dive log. The Companion App stores the dive locations on
a dedicated Internet file server. <em>Subsurface</em>, in turn, can collect
the localities from the file server.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To do this:</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web
page</em></a>. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong>
will be sent, a long number that gives access to the file server and
Companion App capabilities.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Download the app from
<a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play
Store</a> or from
<a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in <em>Subsurface</em> companion
page using an Internet browser. One can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this
option, but this is supplied via email and followed up by interaction with
the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> in order
to activate the account.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forgot their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an
email to recover the number.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app
saves this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and does not ask for it again unless one uses the
<em>Disconnect</em> menu option (see below).
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on
the Default Preferences panel, obtained by selecting <em>File → Preferences →
Defaults</em> from the main menu in <em>Subsurface</em> itself. This facilitates
synchronisation between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Now one is ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The
Android display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without
any dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu will be
showed with 3 options:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it
is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world
map. A world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which one should indicate the
desired position with a <em>long press</em> on the touch sensitive screen (if the
marked location is erroneous, simply indicate a new location) and select
the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown allowing to enter the
name of the dive location and the date-time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In
order to import this dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> it’s advisable to set the
time to agree with the time of that dive on the dive computer.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and
located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the
stored locations shown. Now one needs to select the appropriate locations,
then select the tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be
sent to the web service and added to the list on the Android device.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and
time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the
selection box to the left indicating that they require upload to the
server. One can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected
location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations
(such as <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>) are performed on several locations that are
selected.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations
or a map indicating the dive locations. The display mode (List or Map) is
changed by selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below)
and then selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either
from the list of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If one selects a
location (on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below)
where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When one selects a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the name given to
it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top
of the screen:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<li>
<p>
Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive
location.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Maps: Display a map showing the dive location.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), one needs to
upload it to the web service, as explained below.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is by
simply selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right
arrow at the top right of the screen.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">Users must be careful, as the trash icon on the right means exactly what it
should; it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to
be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion app</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above
(<strong>B</strong>).</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The
easiest way to obtain it is simply to copy and paste from the confirmation
email but, of course, users can also type this information.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_synchronisation">Synchronisation</h5>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Synchronize on startup.</em> If selected, dive locations in the Android device
and those on the web service synchronise each time the app is started.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it
is automatically sent to the server.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering a unique dive location, users can leave the service
running in the background of their Android device, allowing the continuous
collection of GPS locations.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behaviour of the service:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X
minutes until stopped by the user.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" />
</td>
<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and
50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location
at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong>
every time one moves 50m from previous location. If subsequent locations
are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is
not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the
user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every
50 meters.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_other">Other</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to
the Subsurface mailing list.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_search">Search</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Initiates the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined
settings.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This is a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server by
resetting the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account
can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own
ID. The disconnect option is useful if a user’s Android device was used to
download the dive locations of another registered diver.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. One needs to type the user ID
(obtained during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select
"Dive in" (see left part of the image below) and start collecting dive
location information.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive
location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a
continuous path of GPS locations is created from which, much later, after
import, subsurface can select the appropriate GPS locations based on the
times of dives. The default mode for the <em>iphone</em> is automatic. When one
adds a dive, the location service is started automatically and a red bar
appears at the bottom of the screen. After the dive one can click on the red
bar to end the location service. While the location service is running one
can only add dives using the manual mechanism.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>One can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive
list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The
dive list is automatically uploaded from the iphone to the webservice and
there is not an option to trigger upload manually.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into
<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The
download dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main
Menu <em>Import → Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the
image on the left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is
blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to initiate the
download process, after which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, users can
update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em>
which applies the coordinates and names entered on the app for all the new
dives that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If one has
entered the name of the dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the
GPS coordinates, this name will take precedence over downloaded one.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive
information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic
assignment of GPS data to dives is dependent on agreement of the date-time
information between these two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has a wide
range tolerance, it may be unable to identify the appropriate dive if there
is a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the
Android device, resulting in no updates.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons
for this (e.g. time zones), or <em>Subsurface</em> may be unable to decide which is
the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running
<em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be included
in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more
subsequent dives as well). A workaround for this situation to manually edit
the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading
the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading
GPS data.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">TIPS:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Background service</em>, being a very powerful tool, may fill the location list
with many unnecessary locations not corresponding to the exact dive point
but reflecting the boat’s route. Currently these locations are difficult to
delete from the server. In some situations it is therefore prudent to clean
up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web
server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be
necessary, for instance, if one wants to keep the location list clear to see
dives in the web service map display (see above).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to
the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the <em>Name
Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>, especially on a
dive trip with many dives and dive locations.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs
during a dive. One would like to associate each photograph with a specific
dive. <em>Subsurface</em> allows one to load photos into a dive. Photos are
superimposed on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_getting_synchronisation_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and getting synchronisation between dive computer and camera</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then
right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load
Images</em>:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need
to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings up the time synchronisation dialog, shown below. The critical
problem is that the time synchronisation is not perfect between the dive
computer used during a dive, and the camera used during that same
dive. These two devices often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can
achieve synchronisation, then the exact times of photographs can be used to
position photographs on the dive profile.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> achieves this synchronisation in three ways:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronisation of the dive computer time settings with
the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Manually</strong>: If the user wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the
difference in time between the two devices can be determined. Actually, as long as the device
settings for time has not been changed in either device, one could write down the times of
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. One can then manually set the time
difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool
immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, evident in figure <strong>A</strong> below.
If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting
tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button.
In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted
7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix
in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronisation is achieved.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronisation dialog" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronisation. If one takes a
photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can obtain
the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata that the camera stores within
each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. If one uses
the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
the horizontal bar entitled "<em>Select image of divecomputer showing time</em>. This brings up
a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the
photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer
appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly
when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo
so that this tool reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the
date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between
camera and dive computer is, and synchronisation is achieved.
Image <strong>B</strong> above shows a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the
date-time.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the
dive, it is not placed on the dive profile.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
</p>
</li>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<li>
<p>
as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions
reflecting the time each photograph was taken. In order to view the photos
on the dive profile, activate the <em>show-photos</em> button in the tool bar to
the left of the dive profile:
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" />
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
</div>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If one hovers with the mouse over any of the photo icons, then a thumbnail
photo is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<div class="content">
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" />
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the
<em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of the photographs that have
been added (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail has a small
dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). If one
selects the dustbin, the image is removed from the dive. Therefore some care
is required when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can also be deleted using
the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em>
2015-02-19 05:33:00 +00:00
tab of the <em>Notes</em> panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive
(therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily be
accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile give an
indication of when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a
thumbnail in the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
thumbnail, the full-sized image is shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em>
window. A photo can be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting it
(single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
removes the photo both from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store their photos on an external drive. If
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
such a drive can be mapped by the operating system (almost always the case)
the photos can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This facilitates the
interaction between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When
associating a dive profile with photos from an external drive, the normal
procedure of selection and synchronisation (see text above) is used.
However, after the external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot
access these photos any more. If the display of photos is activated (using
the toolbox to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the program only shows a
small white dot where each photo should be on the dive profile. In addition
the <em>Photos</em> tab only shows the file names of the photos. This is normal
behaviour. If, later, the external drive with the photos is connected
again, the photos can be seen in the normal way.</p></div>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.5. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive, the directory
where the photo lies is stored, allowing <em>Subsurface</em> to find the photograph when the dive is
opened again. If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different
machine, it is unlikely that the directory structure will remain identical to that of the original uploaded
photo. When this happens, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved,
cannot find them and therefore cannot display them. Because, after moving photos, large numbers of photos
may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism that eases the
process of updating the directory information for each photo: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the
other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded
into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can perform the
following steps:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively)
where photos have been moved
to,
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally
calculated when a photo was
loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original file name has changed), to
automatically update the directory information so that <em>Subsurface</em> can find
the photo in the new moved directory.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This is achieved by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File → Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within
which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click
the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to
complete, after which <em>subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div>
<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade">
<div class="content">
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<td class="content">Software for the automated finger print calculation of existing photo
collections is under developement. Currently single dives must be upgraded
one at a time. Select the toolbar button on the <strong>Dive profile</strong> panel that
enables the display of images. The thumbnails of images are shown on the
dive profile. Then open the dive and change anything in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel
that brings up the blue edit bar at the top of the notes panel to save the
edits. For instance, add a space character at the end of the <em>Notes</em> text
box and immediately delete that space character. Select the optio <em>Apply
changes</em> in the blue edit bar to save the dive information. Fingerprints
are calculated while saving this specific dive.</td>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
</div></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one
cylinder. Multicylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver does not have
enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if the diver
needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
needs of the dive. For this reason multicylinder dives are often used by
technical divers who dive deep or long. As far as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned,
there are only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div>
2015-02-20 08:44:06 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of
the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one,
specifying the characteristics of the cylinder and the gas composition within each cylinder.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Record the times at which switches from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information
provided by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer
by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to
record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option
was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point
in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After
right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from
those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the
<strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the
tank bar.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Having performed these tasks, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of
cylinders in the dive profile. Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off
with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes to perform
decompression.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multicylinder diving, often with
both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it is a popular
configuration for cave divers, sidemount diving can be performed by
recreational divers who have completed the appropriate training. Sidemount
dive logging involves, exactly as with multicylinder dives, above, three
steps:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes among these different
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish among different
2015-02-20 08:44:06 +00:00
<em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means that when sidemount dives are downloaded
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
from these dive computers, the events of switching between cylinders with the same gas are not downloaded. This may mean
that one may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer
has this facility) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives.
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
</p>
</li>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see
image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used).
</p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported
from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be indicated on the dive profile.
Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile and then
selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2
to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then indicated on the dive
profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
profile, then the cylinder change is also indicated on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all
the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures
for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below.
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" />
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives an example of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive
2015-02-20 08:44:06 +00:00
logging tool.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) comprise a technical advance in
diving equipment that recirculates the breathing gas that a diver breathes,
while removing carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas. While a small amount
(typically a tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water,
a small amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder
(typically containing nitrox). A diver, using a single cylinder of
breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer periods than using a
recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small
amount of breathing gas is released every time the breather inhales. With
active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of breathing gas is
released continuously from the back cylinder.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required, just the normal steps
outlined above:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder.
Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the
cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on
<a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for pSCR dives is
adjusted for the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece which often requires
longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile of a pSCR dive using
EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive
lasted over two hours.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
has been breathed while doing two things to maintain a breathable oxygen
concentration:
a) remove carbon dioxide from the gas that has been exhaled
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. The
CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental and under active
development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI and APD
Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
recreational dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the
download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
independently. This means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log
directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the
same way that it imports dive log data from other digital databases: one
dive at a time.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive
information from other digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>,
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to bring up the
<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As explained in that
section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown
list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate devices that currently
includes(Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer files (import for other CCR
equipment is under active development). Having selected the appropriate CCR
format and the directory where the original dive logs have been stored from
the CCR dive computer, one can select a particular dive log file (in the
case of the MkVI it is a file with a .txt extension). After selecting the
appropriate dive log, activate the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
the universal import dialogue. The selected dive is imported to the
<em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</p></div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to
recreational equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas
composition and dive depth), CCR equipment provide actual measurements of
pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors. In this case the graph for oxygen
partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings
during the dive. The mean pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as
given by the CCR equipment, but a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as
follows:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However
differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different
sensors are treated as spurious. If one of the three sensors provides
spurious data, it is ignored.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
the setpoint.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is
turned on by checking the appropriate checkboxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel
(accessible by selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences →
Graph</em></a>). This part of the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image below,
representing two checkboxes that modify the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the
appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile has been activated.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these check boxes allows the display of additional
oxygen-related information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the
<em>Profile</em> panel is activated. The first checkbox allows the display of
setpoint information. This is a red line superimposed on the green oxygen
partial pressure graph and allows a comparison of the mean measured oxygen
partial pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" />
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual
oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded
as follows:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Sensor 1: grey
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Sensor 2: blue
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Sensor 3: brown
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct
comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting
abnormally low or erratic readings from a particular sensor.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating
both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium,
if applicable) are shown in the usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open
circuit. These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers
over a triangle, a description of that event is given as the bottom line in
the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record
the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these
two cylinders are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In
addition, start and end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are
shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>. Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive,
including an overlay of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the
cylinder pressure data. In this case there is good agreement from the
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
readings of the two oxygen sensors.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by
<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may
include setup information or metadata about the dive.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the
precise pressure of nitrogen in the loop can usually not be determined from
the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive computers,
however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in
the dive log, reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this
ceiling is activated by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the
dive profile:</p></div>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div class="imageblock">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" />
</div>
</div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The default colour of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. However,
this can be set to red by checking the appropriate check box after selecting
<em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>. Below is a dive profile indicating the dive
computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for
Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
B</a>.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that has
been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the
surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive,
the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: <em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas
consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank
pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. Users should refer to
<a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix D</a> for more information.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot
easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the
information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often
comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly
times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this
information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an image showing
extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that
more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard
Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected,
figures pertaining to only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of
dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the
minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and
surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and
deepest dives of those selected.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most
detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on
the left hand side that allows control over several display options. The
functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive
Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to the
obvious information of the depth it also shows the ascent and descent rates
compared to the recommended speed of going up or down in the water
column. This information is given using different colours:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="33%" />
<col width="33%" />
<col width="33%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Couleur</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de descente (m/min)</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de remontée (m/min)</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Rouge</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Jaune</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert clair</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert foncé</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the
graph. Thus, users should see the depth of the deepest point and other
peaks. Mean depth is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up
to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive
Profile</strong> panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of
the dive profile frequently increases the size of the dive profile to fill
the area of the panel efficiently.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values
placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O<sub>2</sub>,
N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and
dive computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or
repetitive dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green,
those of nitrogen in black, and those of helium in dark red. These partial
pressure graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong>
during the dive. This is depicted below the dive depth and water temperature
graphs.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong>
during the dive.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong>
during the dive. This is only of importance to divers using Trimix,
Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during
the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when
manually entering the start and end pressures the graph is not a straight
line. Similarly to the depth graph the slope of the tank pressure gives the
user information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when
using an air integrated dive computer. Here the colour coding is not
relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalised air
consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times
of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when
the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate
information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart
rate sensor.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using
the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default
<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes
and 30m
(100ft) –
something
that free divers clearly won’
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the
<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is
done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that the
user wishes to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white
area underneath the two red dots.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by
selecting the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile
indicates the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not
active, the photos are hidden.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more
precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each
particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent
ceilings arise when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a
diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to
either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to
the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it
available for download; for example all of the Suunto dive computers fail to
make this very useful data available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also
calculates ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive
profile. Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data
available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the
calculation) it is unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from
<em>Subsurface</em> are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em>
(see below) are used. It is also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates
a ceiling for non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in
non-deco mode during the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span>
section in the profile at the beginning of this section). This is caused by
the fact that <em>Subsurface’
each moment during a dive, while dive computers usually take the upcoming
ascent into account. During the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly
helium) are already breathed off so even though the diver technically
encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does not require an explicit
deco stop. This feature allows dive computers to offer longer non-stop
bottom times.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to
<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by
checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a
ceiling, calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for a
particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two
ways:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is
clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the
Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked,
then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be
represented as a coloured bar at the bottom of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In
general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen with a yellow bar and
helium with a red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a
trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder
(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light
blue bar.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure
(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann
ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster
tissues) to blue (slower tissues). The black line, graphed above the
ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure
limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For
divers involved in planned decompression diving, efficient rates of
offgasing are obtained with tissue pressures between the ambient inert gas
pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a
representation of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contast,
the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong>
on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at
the moment in time reflected by the position of the cursor on the dive
profile.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their
depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on
<a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently
used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if
the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. <strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated
gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer,
but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations during the
dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while
the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows the
creation of Bookmarks or Gas Change Event markers or manual CCR set-point
changes other than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive
Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line and with the
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right mouse
button was initially clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve
a selection of which gas is being switched to, the list of choices being
based on the available gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Set-point
change events open a dialog allowing to choose the next set-point value. As
in the planner, a set-point value of zero indicates the diver is breathing
from an open circuit system while any non-zero value indicates the use of a
closed circuit rebreather (CCR). By right-clicking while over an existing
marker a menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the marker or to
allow all markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be restored
to view by selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information pertaining to the
dive profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the
<strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see
left-hand part of figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved
around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so
that it is not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information
Box is saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The moment the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information
box expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect
the time point along the dive profile indicated by the mouse cursor (see
right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above where the Information Box reflects the
situation at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Therefore,
moving the cursor in the horizontal direction allows the Information Box to
show information for any point along the dive profile. In this mode, the
Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling
characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the
dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature,
ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure,
maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic
depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements
at that instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated
ceiling, as well as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue
compartments.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of several statistics, represented as
four buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum
Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is
dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. For air (21%
oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is specified in the
<strong>Preferences</strong> section (select <em>File</em> → Preferences → Graph_ and edit the
text box <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> when showing MOD</em>. Below the MOD there is a markedly
increased risk of exposure to the dangers associated with oxygen toxicity.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>No-deco
Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration
that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth, that does
not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling appears). Once
one has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that is, there is an
ascent ceiling above the diver, then TTS gives the number of minutes
required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as
decompression time.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air
Consumption (SAC)</strong>. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalised
respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real
respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly
double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication
of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of the dive so
that the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The units for
SAC is litres/min or cub ft/min.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox
dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix
dives. These are numbers of importance to divers who use breathing gases
other than air. Their values are dependent on the composition of the
breathing gas. The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the
same partial pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at
hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an air
2015-02-19 05:33:00 +00:00
dive to the depth equaling the EAD. The END is the depth of a hypothetical
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of the narcotic gases
nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A trimix diver can expect
2015-02-19 05:33:00 +00:00
the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing air diving at a depth equaling
the END.</td>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of
data.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph indicating the
pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if
applicable) that the diver was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the
dive</em>, indicated by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of
the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the
light green area indicating the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and
measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green
area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not
indicate absolute pressure.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the
equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually
nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium
combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas
pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to the total
gas pressure value.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of
inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann
algorithm, the fast tissues being on the left hand side.
</p>
</li>
<li>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<p>
The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to
the depth of the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
gradient factor shown is an interpolation between the FGLow and GFHigh
values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences Panel</strong> of
<strong>Subsurface</strong>.
</p>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived
M-value, that is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation
is expected to be severe, resulting in decompression sickness.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are indicated on the left in the graph above. The way the
Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive is indicated on the right hand
side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the situation at the start of a dive with diver at the
surface. The pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the
equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the
tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, their gas
pressures being far below the equilibrium gas pressure.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast
compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of
the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments
(towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of
slowly increasing in pressure.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since,
during ascent, the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4
bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
exceed that of the total gas pressure and approaches the gradient factor
value (i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in
exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<p>
Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10
minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in
the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the
diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>.
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_organising_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organising the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive or a group of dives can be performed
using the Dive List Context Menu, found by selecting either a single dive or
a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" />
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many manipulations described below.</p></div>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_customising_the_information_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customising the information showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" />
</div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive,
Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header
bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header
brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or to be deleted from
the dive list, and the list is immediately updated accordingly. Preferences
for information shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> is saved and used when <em>Subsurface</em>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
is re-opened.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<h4 id="_selecting_dives_from_a_particular_dive_site">7.1.2. Selecting dives from a particular dive site</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers have long dive lists and it may be difficult to locate all the
dives at a particular site. By pressing <em>Ctl-F</em> on the keyboard, a text box
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
is opened at the top left hand of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Type the name of a dive
site in this text box and the <strong>Dive List</strong> is immediately filtered to show
only the dives for that site.</p></div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low
sequence numbers) to recent dives (having the highest sequence numbers). The
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
numbering of the dives is not always consistent. For instance, when
non-recent dives are added to the dive list the numbering does not
automatically follow on because of the dives that are more recent in
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
date/time than the newly-added dive with an older date/time. Therefore, one
may sometimes need to renumber the dives. This is performed by selecting
(from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are given a choice with
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
respect to the lowest sequence number to be used. Completing this operation
results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) for the dives in the
<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>One can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the
dives that need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the
Dive List Context Menu to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears
requiring the user to specify the starting number for the renumbering
process.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em>
can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It performs this by grouping dives that have
date/times not separated in time by more than two days, thus creating a
single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an
ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped
dive list comprising five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" />
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
</div>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without
having to scan a long lists of dives. In order to group the dives in a dive
list, (from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel
now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip
title from the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong>
panel. Here users can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the
dive company that was dived with, the general weather and surface conditions
during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, users should
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
select <strong>Save</strong> from the buttons at the top right of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab. The
trip title in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect some of the edited
information.</p></div>
</div>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, users can expand one or more
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This
expands the selected trip, revealing the individual dives performed during
the trip.</p></div>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the context menu allows
several possibilities to expand or collapse dives within trips. This
includes expanding all trips, collapsing all trips and collapsing all trips
except the selected one.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips
by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip
above.(Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes five dives, the user can split this trip into two trips
(trip 1: top 3 dives; trip 2: bottom 2 dives) by selecting and
right-clicking the top three dives. The resulting context menu allows the
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
user to create a new trip by choosing the option <strong>Create new trip
above</strong>. The top three dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The
figures below shows the selection and context menu on the left (A) and the
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
completed action on the right (B):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" />
</div>
</div>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3>
<div class="sect3">
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and
right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, and then selecting <strong>Delete
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete
workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short
duration.</p></div>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do
this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context
menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s) from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now
appear immediately above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending
on the date and time of the unliked dive.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed
within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to
bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it is necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply
to situations where dives are performed in different time zones or when the
dive computer has an erroneous time. In order to do this, user must select
and right-click the dive(s) to be adjusted. This action brings up the
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
context menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong> option should be selected. User must
then specify the time (in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be
adjusted and click on the option indicating whether the time adjustment
should be ealier or later.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, e.g. if a diver returns to the
surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by
the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
panel. Users can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the
appropriate dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then
selecting <strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive
information in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that apply
to the merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two such
dives that were merged:</p></div>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" />
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.6. Undo dive manipulations</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or
redone. This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and
<em>shift dive times</em>. To do this after performing any of these actions, from
the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select <em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or
<em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, that is, one can select
only some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site,
dive master, buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering allows
one to list the deep dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave
dives with a particular buddy.</p></div>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This
opens the <em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons
are located at the top right hand of the filter panel. The <em>Filter Panel</em>
can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting the <strong>yellow
angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be minimised by selecting the
<strong>green up-arrow". When minimised, only these three icons are shown. The
panel can be maximised by clicking the icon that minimised the panel. The
filter may also be reset and closed by selecting the *red button</strong> with the
white cross. An example of the <em>Filter Panel</em> is shown in the figure below.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" />
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
(buddy / dive master), dive site and dive suit, each of which is represented
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level
filter tool, allowing the listing of only some of the attributes within that
check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter textbox above the tags
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
check list results in the tags check list being reduced to "<em>cave</em>" and
"<em>cavern</em>". Filtering of the check list enables the rapid finding of search
terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least tone check box in one
of the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include only the
dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists. The four
check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators, Subsurface filters
therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy; but the filters
within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows
those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two routes for the export of dive information from Subsurface:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<p>
Exporter les informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>
</p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<a href="#S_Export_other">Exporter des informations de plongée vers d’autres
destinations ou formats</a>
</p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Export des informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em></h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>L’export des plongées vers <em>Facebook</em> est géré différemment des autres types
d’export. Cela est du au fait que l’export vers <em>Facebook</em> nécessite une
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
connexion vers <em>Facebook</em>, nécessitant un identifiant et un mot de passe. À
partir du menu principal, si vous sélectionnez <em>Fichier → Préférences →
Facebook</em>, un écran de connexion est présenté (voir l’image <strong>A</strong> sur la
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
gauche, ci dessous). Entrez vos identifiant et mot de passe <em>Facebook</em>. Une
fois connecté à <em>Facebook</em>, le panneau de l’image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous est
présenté. Ce panneau a un bouton qui doit être sélectionné pour fermer la
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
connexion <em>Facebook</em>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois qu’une connexion à <em>Facebook</em> est établie, transférer un profil de
plongée vers <em>Facebook</em> est facile. Une icône <em>Facebook</em> apparait dans le
panneau <strong>Notes</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em> (voir l’image <strong>A</strong> ci-dessous). Assurez-vous
que la plongée à transférer est affichée dans le panneau <strong>Profil de plongée</strong>
de <em>Subsurface</em>. Sélectionnez l’icône <em>Facebook</em> et une fenêtre s’affiche,
pour déterminer quelles informations seront transférées avec le profil de
plongée (voir l’image <strong>B</strong> ci-dessous). Pour transférer un profil de plongée
vers <em>Facebook</em>, le nom d’un album <em>Facebook</em> doit être fourni. Les cases à
cocher sur la partie gauche permettent de sélectionner des informations
supplémentaires à transférer avec le profil de plongée. Ces informations
sont affichées dans le champs de texte sur la partie droite du
panneau. (voir l’image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous). Vous pouvez facilement modifier le
message qui sera envoyé directement dans ce champs. Une fois les
informations supplémentaires ajoutées et vérifiées, sélectionner le bouton
<em>OK</em> qui lance le transfert vers <em>Facebook</em>. Après un moment, une fenêtre
apparait indiquant le succès du transfert.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>À la fois l’album créé et la publication sur votre ligne temporelle seront
marquées comme privés. Pour que vos amis puissent voir la publication, vous
devrez modifier les permissions à partir d’une connexion Facebook standard
depuis un navigateur ou l’application Facebook. Malgré que cela soit une
étape supplémentaire, les développeurs ont pensé que c'était la meilleure
solution pour éviter d’avoir des publications non désirées sur votre ligne
temporelle publique.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Si besoin, fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em> en fermant <em>Subsurface</em> ou en
sélectionnant _Fichier → Préférences → Facebook, à partir du menu
principal et en cliquant sur le bouton approprié dans le panneau des
préférences Facebook.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information to other destinations or formats</h3>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be reached by selecting
<em>File → Export</em>, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always
gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images
below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" />
</div>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more
information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many
dive computers and computer programs.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to
<em>Divelogs.de</em>, one needs a user-ID as well as a password for
<em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> and subscribe to this
service in order to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on the
recreational dives. In order to upload dives one has to provide a used ID,
so registration with <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive
profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information
that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive,
including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each
dive.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with
an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript
must be enabled. This HTML file is not intended to be edited by the users.
The HTML dive log contains most of the information and also contains a
search option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second
tab of the Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is
to export all one’s dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve
as a very portable record of dives useful for dive companies that wish to
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
verify the dive history of a diver. This does away with the need to carry
one’s original logbook with one when doing dives with dive companies.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and
some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. However,
if one selects any of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is
available in text, as shown in the image below.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of
all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive
List</em>, together with the depth under water where of each of those photos
were taken.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the
numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered
starting from 1.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will
be attached with the HTML exports.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Export List only: a list of dives will only be exported and the detailed dive
information will not be available.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font
size and theme.
</p>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be achieved through third party facilities, for
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a
record of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it is important
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
information required for admission to further training courses or
(sometimes) even diving sites. The security of the dive log is therefore
critical. In order to have a dive log that is resistant to failure of a home
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the Cloud is an obvious
solution. This also has the added benefit that one can access one’s dive log
from anywhere in the world without having to carry it with oneself. For this
reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store
dive log information on the Internet.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
backend that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a
dive log from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the
local hard disk. The only requirement is that one should first register as
a user on the cloud. To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these
steps:</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> → <em>Preferences</em> → <em>Network</em>.
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that
_Su bsurface can use for user registration.
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
Enter a novel password that_Subsurface_ will use to store the
dive log in the cloud.
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the
(remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to
the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the
email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text
box, not visible previously.
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog
(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
address confirmation)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account
will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use.
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
Once the cloud storage has been initialised, two new items appear in the
<em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>.
These options allow the user to load and save data to the <em>Subsurface
cloud storage</em> server.
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</li>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, one can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud
storage</em> data as one’s default data file by checking the check box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>.
This means that the data from
the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts ans saved there when one closes <em>Subsurface</em>.
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully
functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronises the
data with the cloud server the next time ithe program is used while the computer is
connected to the Internet.
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_web_access_to_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that
one can also access one’s dive data from any web browser. Simply open
<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>,
log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of
the last dive data that was synced to the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The
dive information that is shown is only the contents of the recorded dive
logs, NOT the calculated values shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel, including some
cylinder pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If one prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and
don’t need the web access), it is also simple to store dive logs in the
cloud using several of the existing facilities on the Internet. For
instance <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> offers a free application that
allows files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on one’s
desktop computer.</p></div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" />
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content
on one’s desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet,
the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and
<em>Save</em> of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the
local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need for a direct internet
connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote
copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated
whenever Internet access is available.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in one’s <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly
from the Internet and can be accessed from any place with Internet
access. Currently there are no costs involved for this service. Dropbox
(Windows, Mac and Linux) can be installed by accessing the
<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
Alternatively one can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a mechanism to backup one’s dive
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
log. To Store a dive log on <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em> main menu, navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log in <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Open
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu and navigate to the dive log file
in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible interface to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives.
Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Before printing, two decisions are required:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part of the
dive log is required, then select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong>
panel.
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
If the dive profiles needs printing, what gas partial pressure information
should be shown? Select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to
the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel.
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File → Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the the dialogue below
(image <strong>A</strong>) appears. Three specifications are needed to achieve the desired
information and page layout:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options:
</p>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and
other information.
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives.
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
Under <em>Print options</em> select:
</p>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
Printing only the dives selected from the dive list prior to activating the
print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only selected dives</em>. If this
check box is <strong>not</strong> checked all dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed.
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
Printing in colour, achieved by checking the box with <em>Print in colour</em>. If
this check box is not checked, printing is in monochrome (grey scale).
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</p>
</li>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</ul></div>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are
several templates (see image <strong>B</strong>, above).</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below).
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</p>
</li>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each diev without printing the
dive profiles
of each dive (see below):
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</p>
</li>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see
below)
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" />
</div>
</div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<em>Custom</em>: This option allows customisation of the print contents and
layout. This is
discussed at the end of this section.
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
the dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview,
changes to the options in the print dialogue can be made, resulting in a
layout that fits personal taste.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this
section). This activates the regular print dialogue used by the user
operating system, allowing one to choose a printer and to set its properties
(see image below):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing
the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the
dives. Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular
page.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_write_a_custom_printing_template_advanced">10.1. Write a custom printing template (advanced)</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. One can create
a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an
existing template by using the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em>
dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for
information on how to write or modify a template.</p></div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configurer un ordinateur de plongée</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> permet de configurer son ordinateur de plongée. Actuellement,
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
les familles d’ordinateurs supportés sont Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3)
et Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko et
Zoop). De nombreux paramètres de ces ordinateurs de plongée peuvent être
lues et modifiées. La première étape est de s’assurer que les pilotes pour
votre ordinateur de plongée sont installés et que le nom de périphérique de
l’ordinateur de plongée est connu. Voir
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">APPENDIX A</a> pour plus d’informations sur la manière de procéder.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois que l’ordinateur de plongée est connecté à <em>Subsurface</em>,
sélectionner <em>Fichier → Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em>, à partir du
menu principal. Fournir le nom du périphérique dans le champ en haut du
panneau de configuration qui ouvre et sélectionne le bon modèle d’ordinateur
de plongée à partir du panneau à gauche (voir l’image ci-dessous).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>En utilisant les boutons appropriés du panneau de configuration, les actions
suivantes peuvent être réalisées :</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Récupérer les détails disponibles</strong>. Cela charge la configuration existante à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée
dans <em>Subsurface</em>, en l’affichant dans le panneau de configuration.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Enregistrer les modifications sur le périphérique</strong>. Cela change la configuration de l’ordinateur
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
de plongée pour correspondre aux informations affichées dans le panneau de configuration.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Sauvegarder</strong>. Cela enregistre la configuration dans un fichier. <em>Subsurface</em> demande
l’emplacement et le nom du fichier pour enregistrer les informations.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Restaurer une sauvegarde</strong>. Cela charge les informations à partir d’un fichier de sauvegarde et l’affiche
dans le panneau de configuration.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Mettre à jour le firmware</strong>. Si un nouveau firmware est disponible pour l’ordinateur de plongée,
il sera chargé dans l’ordinateur de plongée.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings within <em>Subsurface</em> that the user can
specify. These are found when selecting <em>File → Preferences</em>. The settings
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
are performed in five groups: <strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and
<strong>Network</strong>. All five sections operate on the same principles: the user must
specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved
using the <strong>Apply</strong> button. After applying all the new settings users can then
leave the settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here one can specify the font type and font size of the
<strong>Dive Table</strong> panel. By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, users can see more dives on a screen.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> one need to specify the directory and
file name of one’s
electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension .xml. When
launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
dives that he/she don’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
the dive list.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Here users can specify the default cylinder listed in
the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using
animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to
dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not
happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled
by setting this slider
with faster animation speed to the left, with a 0 value representing no animation
at all.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Subsurface web service</strong>: When one subscribes to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very
long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By
checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, one ensures that a local copy of that userID
is saved.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are
cleared and set to default values.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Here user can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure,
volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio
button at the top, users can specify that all units are in the chosen
measurement system. Alternatively, if one selects the <strong>Personalise</strong> radio
button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric
system and others in imperial.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3>
<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Show</strong>: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of
the dive profile:
<strong>* Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during
the dive. These are enabled using the toolbar on the left hand side of the *Dive Profile</strong>
panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the
Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above this threshold level, the graph is
highlighted in red, indicating that the threshold has been exceeded.</p></div>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<em>Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox allows exactly what it says.
Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>. This is because of the different algorithms and gradient factors available for calculating ceilings, as well as the dynamic way that a
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive.
</p>
</li>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<p>
<em>Show average depth</em>: Activating this checkbox causes <em>Subsurface</em> to draw a grey line across
the dive profile, indicating the mean depth of the dive up to a particular point in time during
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
that dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest average depth just before the
ascent.
</p>
<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Misc</strong>:
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
Gradient Factors:* Here users can set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is
the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface.
At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
Gradient factors add conservatism to the nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a
similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower
the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient
factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 60/90 are considered
harsh. Checking <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at
all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see:
</p>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox ativated, the pO<sub>2</sub>
graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which inticates the CCR setpoint
values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub>
values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system.
See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:</strong>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:</em> Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a
CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> that will be maintained
during a particular dive. This is the setpoint that is used at the start
of any CCR dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
profile context menu.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>pSCR O<sub>2</sub> metabolism rate:</em> For a semiclosed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the
volume of oxygen used by a diver each minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning
and decompression calculations.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>pSCR ratio:</em> For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the
environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a
pSCR dive plan.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox allows one to use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most
cases will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the
same language / country settings as the underlying OS. If this is for some
reason undesirable users can uncheck this checkbox and pick a language /
country combination from the list of included localizations. The <em>Filter</em>
text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there are
several system variants of English or French. This particular preference
requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take effect.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources
on the Internet.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" />
</div>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs to communicate with
Internet services such as the <a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a> or
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
data export/import from <em>Divelogs.de</em>. These Internet requirements are
determined by one’s type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet
Service Provider (ISP) used. One’s ISP should provide the appropriate
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
information. If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the appropriate
information needs to be provided here. The type of proxy needs to be
selected from the dropdown list. after which the IP address of the host and
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
the appropriate port number should be provided. If the proxy server uses
authentication, the appropriate userID and password also needs to be
provided so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass through the proxy
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
server to access the Internet.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_accès_facebook">12.6. Accès Facebook</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ce panneau vous permet de vous connecter à votre compte Facebook pour
transférer des informations de Subsurface vers Facebook.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Si un identifiant Facebook et un mot de passe valides ont été fournis, une
connexion vers Facebook est créée. Cette connexion est fermée lorsque
Subsurface est fermé. Pour le moment, la case à cocher nommée "Conserver ma
connexion à Subsurface", sur l'écran de connexion, n’a aucun
effet. Reportez-vous à la section <a href="#S_facebook">Export des profils de
plongée vers Facebook</a> pour plus d’informations.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessible by
selecting <em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of
nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
addition of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div>
<div class="sidebarblock">
<div class="content">
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
</td>
<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user
is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> user interface. It is explicitly
used under the following conditions:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to
perform dive planning.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The user plans dives within his/her certification limits.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the
<em>average person</em> and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health
or personal history or life style characteristics.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is
used.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should
not use this feature.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div></div>
<div class="sect2">
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several
sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
into the several sections on the left hand side of the screen. The setup is
divided into several sections: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options
and Notes.</p></div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> upon which the profile of
the dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained
below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
use.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan
Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning
messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="content">
<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" />
</div>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Towards the centre bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image
above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<p>
Open Circuit (the default)
</p>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
CCR
</p>
</li>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<li>
<p>
pSCR
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
Choose the Open Circuit option.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, ensure that the constant
dive parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the
intended dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive
site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in metres,
assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.
</p>
</li>
<li>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<p>
In the table labeled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the cylinders
to be used as well as the gas composition within that cylinder. This is done
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
in a similar way as for <a href="#S_CylinderData">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the cylinder type by double clicking the cylinder type and
using the dropdown list, then specify the work pressure of this cylinder. By
leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed empty, the cylinder is assumed
to contain air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium concentration in
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add additional cylinders by using the
"+" icon to the top righthand of the dialogue.
</p>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile in
a way to represent the dive. Additional waypoints can be created by
double-clicking the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted by
right-clicking a particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from
the resulting context menu.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate
values into the table marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the
table represents the duration and the final depth of the descent from the
surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive. The <em>CC
set point</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers. The ascent is
usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to
calculate. Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon
at the top right hand of the table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner
points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> diagram.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner allows a sophisticated way of planning
recreational dives, i.e. dives that remain within no-decompression limits.
The dive planner automatically takes into account the nitrogen load incurred
in previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a way that
can take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for
recreational dives? Using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a
dive is taken into acount. However, few dives are undertaken at a constant
depth corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive
profile). This means that dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load
incurred during previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner calculates
nitrogen load according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous
dives, in a similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a
dive. This mean that the diver gets <em>credit</em> in terms of nitrogen loading
for not remaining at maximum depth during previous dives, enabling planning
a longer subsequent dive. For the planner to work it is therefore crucial to
upload all previous dives onto <em>Subsurface</em> before performing dive planning.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This
allows calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em>
and <em>Safety Stop</em>. Check these two boxes.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the
starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand section of the planner under
<em>Available gases</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough
air/gas to complete the planned dive. In order for this to be realistic,
under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate surface air consumption (SAC)
rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min,
with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Define the amount of gas that the cylinder must have at the end of the
bottom section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often
used.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the
dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the
table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as desribed under the previous heading. If
this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the
dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate
dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> table.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those
considered safe for recreational divers.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner indicates the maximum dive time within
no-deco limits using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth
settings specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner allows rapid
assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen
load incurred during previous dives. The dive plan includes estimates of the
amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified under
<em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive
duration shown is the true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account
gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED it
means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive
duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30
metres. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23 minutes, the duration of the
dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder, reflected by the
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
information in the text box at the bottom right of the panel that requires
sufficient air for buddy-sharing during the ascent.</p></div>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or
using multiple breathing gases. Such dives are planned in three stages:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is performed by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B
model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GF_high and GF_low
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within
the planner), the new values are
used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>. Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
A very low GFLow value brings about decompression stops early on during the dive.
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified
on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative). This model
tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Beuhlmann model and often
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
results in slightly shorter dive durations than the Bühlmann model. When
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
selecting one of these models, keep in mind that they are NOT exact
physiological models but only mathematical models that appear to work in
practice.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding
M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient
factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco
for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10:
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
1-905492-07-3. Un excellent livre non technique qui traite à la fois des
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
modèles de décompression Bühlmann et VPM-B.
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive
and is specified for several depth ranges, utilising the average (or mean)
depth as a yardstick. The mean depth of the dive plan is indicated by a
light grey line on the dive profile. Ascent rates at deeper levels are often
in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are often in
the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option
<em>Drop to first depth</em> is activated, then the descent phase of the planned
dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified in the <em>Rates</em> section of
the dive setup.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial
pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the
bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>).
The most commonly
used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the
<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during
ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary consideration. One needs to keep within the limits of the amount of gas within the dive
cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly
sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate
of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in
litres/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the
bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the
dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a thumbsuck guess
is not sufficient and one needs to
monitor one’s gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.
The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning
if one exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that one does not dive to
the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept for unforeseen circumstances.
For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Now (at last) one can start the detailed time-depth planning of the
dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers a unique graphical interface for performing this
part of the planning. The mechanics of doing this is similar to
hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon
activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered
in the bue design surface to the top right hand of the screen. The white
dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more
waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line and ensuring that the
profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent the
depth and duration of the dive. It is NOt necessary to specify the ascent
part of the dive since the planner calculates this, based on the settings
that have been specified. If any of the management limits (for nitrogen,
oxygen or gas) is exceeded, the surface above the dive profile changes from
BLUE to RED.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the
table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure that the <em>Used Gas</em>
value in each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures
specified in the <em>Available Gases</em> table. Add new waypoints until the main
features of the dive have been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and
deep stops (if these are implemented). Leave the remaining waypoints on the
ascent to <em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> computes additional way
points in order to fulfill decompression requirements for that dive. A
waypoint can be moved by selecting that waypoint and by using the arrow
keys. The waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be
edited by hand in order to obtain a precise presentation of the dive
plan. In fact, one can create the whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive
Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Indicate any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
explained in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions
defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>. If two or more gases are used,
automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to the
surface. However, these changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas
change and by manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the
appropriate waypoint.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner
points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the
segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last
manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is
computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the
last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero
set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only
considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent
using EAN50 and using the settings as described above.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above has been completed, one can save it by clicking the <em>Save</em>
button towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will
appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the
exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
by checking any of the options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive
planner, immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim
diveplan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded
during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan
information.</p></div>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of
each depth level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration
INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
transition in deco</em> option is checked, the transitions are shown separately
from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than
<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list.
The parameters of the pSCR diver can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>
from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump
ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop
accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered a save value, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan
details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out
cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables
are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described above. However, no oxygen setpoints
are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
to that of the CCR dive above, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.4. Planning CCR dives</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in
the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint
means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. The decompression is always calculated
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but, of course, this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" />
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 litres are the norm.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive
List</strong>, like any other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is not a way to
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
change a saved dive plan. To perform changes to a dive plan, select it on
the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This
will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
to be made and saved as usual.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned
dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that copy is
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are considered
two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each during
decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the
repetitive dive set is specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start
Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> calculates the gas loading figures correctly and
the effect of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If one has just completed a long/deep dive and is planning another dive,
then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been completed
and then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned
dive, the planner takes into account the gas loading incurred during the
completed dive and allows planning within these limitations.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a
template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If one
now wishes to plan a dive using this configuration, just highlight the
template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the planner: the planner takes
into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive
Plan Details</em> for wet notes. Alternatively one can cut and paste the <em>Dive
Plan Details</em> for inclusion in a text file or word processing document.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile,
dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and
gas calculations are saved in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being
designed, it can be printed using the <em>Print</em> button in the dive
planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the <em>Dive Plan
Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved,
it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas
calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning
process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em>
facility on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
paste to a word processor.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_description_des_éléments_du_menu_principal_de_subsurface">14. Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Cette section décrit les fonctions et les opérations des éléments du menu
principal de Subsurface. Plusieurs éléments ci-dessous sont des liens vers
des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_fichier">14.1. Fichier</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Nouveau carnet de plongée</em></a> - Fermer le carnet de plongée
actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Ouvrir un carnet de plongée</em> - Cela ouvre une fenêtre pour sélectionner le
carnet de plongée à ouvrir.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Sauvegarder</em> - Enregistrer le carnet de plongée qui est actuellement
ouvert.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Enregsitrer sous</em> - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Fermer</em> - Fermer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert.
</p>
</li>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exporter</em></a> - Exporter le carnet de plongée actuellement
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
ouvert (ou les plongées sélectionnées dans le carnet) vers un des nombreux
formats.
</p>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Imprimer</em></a> - Imprimer le carnet de plongée actuellement
ouvert.
</p>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives
have been moved to
a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate
dives.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Préférences</em></a> - Définir les préférences de <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - Modifier la
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
configuration d’un ordinateur de plongée.
</p>
</li>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<em>Quitter</em> - Quitter <em>Subsurface</em>.
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_importer">14.2. Importer</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Importer depuis un l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> -
Importer des informations de plongées à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Importer des fichiers de log</em></a> - Importer des
informations de plongées à partir d’un fichier d’un format compatible avec
<em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Importer les données GPS depis le service web Subsurface</em></a> -
Charge les coordonnées GPS à partir de l’application mobile <em>Subsurface</em>
(téléphones et tablettes).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Importer depuis Divelogs.de</em></a> - Importer des
informations de plongées à partir de <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_journal_log">14.3. Journal (log)</h3>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Ajouter une plongée</em></a> - Ajouter manuellement une nouvelle
plongée au panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</p>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive of which the profile was entered by hande and not
from a dive computer.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Planifier une plongée</em></a> - Cette fonctionnalité permet de
planifier des plongées.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Modifier la plongée dans le planificateur</em></a> - Modifier une
plongée planifiée qui a été enregistrée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<p>
<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em></a> - En
sélectionnant cette option, vous pouvez copier les informations de plusieurs
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
champs d’un journal de plongée vers le presse-papier.
</p>
</li>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<em>Coller les composants de la plongée</em> - Colle, dans les plongées
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
sélectionnées dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, les informations copiées au
préalable avec l’option <em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em>.
</p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renuméroter</em></a> - Renuméroter les plongées sélectionnées dans
le panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Group"><em>Grouper automatiquement</em></a> - Grouper les plongées du panneau de
<strong>liste des plongées</strong> dans des voyages de plongées.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée</em></a> - Modifier
les noms des ordinateurs de plongée pour faciliter vos journaux (logs).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrer la liste des plongées</em></a> - Sélectionner seulement
certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_vue">14.4. Vue</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Tout</em></a> - Affiche les quatre panneaux principaux de
<em>Subsurface</em> simultanément.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Liste des plongées</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la
<strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
</p>
</li>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profil</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau du <strong>profil de la
plongée</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau des <strong>notes</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la <strong>carte
mondiale</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Statistiques annuelles</em> - Affiche par année le résumé des statistiques des
plongées effectuées.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Ordinateur précédent</em> - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée précédent.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Ordinateur suivant</em> - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée suivant.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Plein écran</em> - Passer en mode plein écran.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_aide">14.5. Aide</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>À propos de Subsurface</em> - Affiche un panneau avec le numéro de version de
<em>Subsurface</em> ainsi que les informations de licence.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Vérifier les mises à jour</em> - Vérifier si une nouvelle version de
Subsurface est disponible sur le <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de
<em>Subsurface</em> </a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Sondge utilisateur</em></a> - Aidez à rendre <em>Subsurface</em> encore
meilleur en répondant à notre sondage utilisateur.
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<p>
<em>Manuel utilisateur</em> - Ouvre une fenêtre affichant ce manuel utilisateur.
</p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_mobile_version">15. Mobile Version</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> has a mobile version, which can be used to view the dives
stored in the user’s cloud account.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_how_to_use_the_mobile_version">15.1. How to use the mobile version</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When you first open the mobile app, you will have to log into your cloud
account. To do this, click on the menu icon on the upper right, then click
on preferences. Enter your cloud email and password, then click on save.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To load dives the first time, click on the menu icon, and then click on
<em>Load Dives</em>. This will fetch the dive list from the cloud storage onto your
device. On subsequent runs, the divelist will be loaded automatically when
you open the app.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To view dive details, tap on any dive in the dive list. This will open the
dive details window, which shows the dive profile and below it, the dive
details. Any of the dive details can be changed.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To save changes made to the dive details, click on the back icon, then from
the menu select <em>Save Changes</em>. This will save your changes to the cloud
storage.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_annexe_a_informations_spécifiques_au_système_d_8217_exploitation_utilisé_pour_importer_les_informations_de_plongées_depuis_un_ordinateur_de_plongée">16. ANNEXE A : informations spécifiques au système d’exploitation utilisé pour importer les informations de plongées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_assurez_vous_que_les_pilotes_drivers_nécessaires_sont_installés">16.1. Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Le système d’exploitation de l’ordinateur nécessite les bons pilotes pour
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
communiquer avec l’ordinateur de plongée de la façon utilisée par
l’ordinateur de plongée (Bluetooth, USB, infra-rouge).</td>
</tr></table>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<p>
Sous Linux, les utilisateurs doivent avoir le bon module noyau de chargé. La
plupart des distributions Linux le font automatiquement, de telle sorte que
l’utilisateur n’ait rien à faire de particulier. Cependant, certains
protocoles de communication nécessitent des pilotes additionnels, plus
particulièrement pour certaines technologies telles que l’infra-rouge.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Sous Windows, le bon pilote devrait être téléchargé automatiquement la
première fois que l’utilisateur branche son ordinateur de plongée sur le
port USB de son ordinateur de bureau.
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sous Mac, les utilisateurs peuvent parfois avoir besoin d’installer
manuellement le bon pilote. Par exemple, pour le Mares Puck ou n’importe
quel autre ordinateur de plongée utilisant une interface USB-série basé sur
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
le composant Silicon Labs CP2101 ou similaire, le bon pilote est disponible
sous <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> sur le
<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">dépôt
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
de documents et logiciels Silicon Labs</a>.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">16.2. Comment trouver le nom du périphérique branché sur USB et paramétrer les permissions en écriture</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Lorsqu’un utilisateur connecte un ordinateur de plongée en utilisant l’USB,
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
généralement <em>Subsurface</em> proposera soit une liste déroulante contenant le
bon nom (ou le point de montage pour un Uemis Zurich) ou la liste sera
désactivée si aucun nom de périphérique n’est nécessaire. Dans les rares cas
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
où cela ne fonctionnerait pas, voici quelques suggestions pour trouver le
nom de votre périphérique ;</td>
</tr></table>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Windows :</div><p>Essayez simplement COM1, COM2, etc. La liste déroulante devrait contenir
tous les périphériques COM connectés.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur MacOS :</div><p>La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée
connectés.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Linux :</div><p>Il existe un moyen sûr de trouver le port :</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Déconnecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Ouvrir un terminal
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Connecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Un message similaire à celui-ci devrait apparaitre :</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
USB Serial support registered for generic
usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>La troisième ligne en partant du bas montre que l’adaptateur FTDI USB est
détecté et connecté sur <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Cette information peut à présent être
utilisée pour les paramètres d’importation en tant que <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> pour
que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>S’assurer que l’utilisateur possède les droits d'écriture sur le port série
USB :</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sur les systèmes similaires à Unix, les ports USB ne peuvent être accédés
que par des utilisateurs membres du groupe <code>dialout</code>. Si vous n'êtes pas
root, vous n'êtes peut-être pas membre de ce groupe et ne pouvez donc pas
utiliser le port USB. Si votre nom d’utilisateur est <em>johnB</em> :</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>En tant que root, tapez : usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (utilisateurs
d’Ubuntu : <code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code>) Cela ajoute johnB au groupe
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<code>dialout</code>.
Tapez : <code>id johnB</code> Cela liste tous les groupes auquel johnB appartient et
vérifiez que
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
l’appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe <code>dialout</code> devrait
être listé
parmi les différents IDs.
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
Sous certaines circonstances, les modifications ne prennent effet qu’après une déconnexionpuis reconnexion sur l’ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple).
Avec le bon nom de périphérique (par exemple <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) et avec un accès
en écriture au port USB, l’ordinateur de plongée devrait se connecter et
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
vous devriez pouvoir importer vos plongées.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">16.3. Setting up bluetooth enabled devices</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through bluetooth like the Heinrichs
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator and Petrel there is a different
procedure to get the devices name to communicate with <em>Subsurface</em>. Follow
these steps:</td>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<p>
<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, ensure it is in Upload mode.</strong>
</p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer’s user
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel, select <em>Dive Log → Upload
Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect3">
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<h4 id="_sur_windows">16.3.1. Sur Windows :</h4>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer
choose <em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>. This
should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in
Bluetooth mode) and allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose
<em>Properties→ COM Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive
computer. If there are several ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing"
instead of "Incoming".</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should
contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer
using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<h4 id="_sur_macos">16.3.2. Sur MacOS :</h4>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth
Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of
devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only
be needed once for initial setup.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is completed the correct device is shown in the <em>Device or
Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<h4 id="_sur_linux">16.3.3. Sur Linux</h4>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. On most common
distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be
straight forward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon on the right
of the toolbar at the top of the screen. Users have reported difficulties
with some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller, try
that first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you
have a USB dongle that came with your dive computer, try that before any
others.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled
device, such as the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and
will generally require the command prompt. It is essentially a three step
process.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer</li>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Establish an RFCOMM connection
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Download the dives with Subsurface
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em> and
<em>Petrel 2</em>, cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then <em>Upload Log</em>.
The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and will
countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait CMD
…</em> and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from Subsurface,
the display reads <em>Sending</em> then <em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>.
The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On
most Linux systems this means becoming a member of the dialout group (This
is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, descibed in
the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using
the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive
computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray and
select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a
password, enter 0000. Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive
computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method didn’t work, pair the device from the command
line. Open a terminal and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller
status</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>$ hciconfig
hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
*DOWN*
RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB,
connected as hci0. Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional
controllers will appear as hci1, etc. If there is not a Bluetooth dongle
plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard. Now
power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)
hciconfig
hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
*UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>Check that the status now includes +<em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to off the unused
controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez
5, such as Fedora 22, one can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will
bring up its own command prompt.</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>bluetoothctl
[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
[bluetooth]# agent on
Agent registered
[bluetooth]# default-agent
Default agent request successful
[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode
Discovery started
[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
Pairing successful
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says
<em>Connected: no</em>. The important part is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04),
there is probably not a <code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called
<code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning
Scanning ...
00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<controller>+ is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<dev> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<bdaddr> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
[channel] is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user
reports, the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload
mode and enter:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive
computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel
in the list above doesn’t work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help
determine the appropriate channel. The output below is for a <em>Shearwater
Petrel 2</em>.</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
Service Name: Serial Port
Service RecHandle: 0x10000
Service Class ID List:
"Serial Port" (0x1101)
Protocol Descriptor List:
"L2CAP" (0x0100)
"RFCOMM" (0x0003)
Channel: 5</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel
listed is not correct, please let the Subsurface developers know on the user
forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface_lt_em_gt">Download the dives with Subsurface</em></h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s
upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select
<em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor
(e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point
(<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<div class="sect1">
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">17. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">17.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file
system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and
equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very
similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those
that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that
one does not enter a device name, but instead the location where the
UEMISSDA file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On
Windows this is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is
<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the
distribution. On Fedora it usually is
<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should
suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis
Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation
(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a <em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that one
cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on
the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time one downloads
dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day
or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em>
displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space the solution is
straight forward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and
reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the
download will continue where it stopped previously. One may have to do this
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">17.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between
the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle
based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller
manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics
companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using
the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for
the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the
<strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. After
the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device
name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognise the Galileo dive
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
computer and download dive information.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are
available from some Internet web sites e.g.
<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>.
Windows-based IrDA drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the
ScubaPro web site, drivers being located on the download page for the
ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available
for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div>
</div>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">17.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" />
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</td>
<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF
file for every dive. Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open.
Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information,
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
so for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay
in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on
the DR5.</td>
</tr></table>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">17.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF"
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
option in BLACK’s logbook menu. When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are
available in LOGBOOK directory. Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but
does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so for
<em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient factors
in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP
BLACK.</td>
</tr></table>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_using_bluetooth">17.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator using Bluetooth</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Using a Shearwater Predator one may be able to pair Bluetooth but then
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
encounter issues when downloading, showing errors like <em>Slip RX: unexp. SLIP
END</em> on the Predator. This might also arise when using other dive log
software and operating systems other than Linux. We have no detailed idea
about the source and how to fix this, but it is reported to be solved
sometimes by one of these steps:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
use the Bluetooth dongle which came with the Shearwater Predator instead of
the built-in one of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
switch to different Bluetooth drivers for the same hardware
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
switch off WiFi while using Bluetooth
</p>
</li>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">17.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>,
obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows
application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilises the
IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time,
comprising three files:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
extension)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
</p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to obtain dive log
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
information.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">17.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
downloaded using a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained
when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log
Viewer</em>, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
managed from within <em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types
of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>.
</p>
</li>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<li>
<p>
Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>".
</p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to
Clipboard</em>".
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text
file with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<p>
Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the
<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>.
</p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labled
<em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer".
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file that has been created
above. An import dialogue opens indicating the default settings for the data
in the <em>.apd</em> file. If any changes are required, do this as for
<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel allows one to select the
APD dive computer for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default
it is DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is
possible to sequentially import the data for both dive computers by first
importing CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs for the two dive computers are
viewed by selecting <em>View → Next DC</em> from the Main Menu after the uploading
has been completed)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive
computer-generated ceiling generated by the Inspiration can be viewed by
selecting the appropriate button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder
pressure data are not logged by the APD equipment but can be manually
entered in the <em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div>
</div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">18. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly
performed using the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu,
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
then clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more
information about which can be found <a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> However, in
some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from
<em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<p>
Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to
Linux and/or Windows.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">18.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers.
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent
Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The
different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
naming conventions to export dive log data.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer.
</p>
</li>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<li>
<p>
In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
appropriate dives.
</p>
</li>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<li>
<p>
Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<p>
To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive
</p>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the
last dive
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em>
</p>
</li>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<li>
<p>
The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<em>Export Path</em>.
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<li>
<p>
Click the browse button next to the field Export Path
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
<p>
A file-manager like window pops up
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Navigate to the directory for storing the
Divelog.SDE file
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Optionally change the name of the file for saving
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Save</em>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a
divelog from Divemanager one needs to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the
dives are stored. the user can either look for the original database or make
a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Start Suunto DM4/DM5
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Select <em>Help → About</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Now open Windows Explorer
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Start Suunto DM4/DM5
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Select <em>File - Create backup</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll use
DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Save</em>
</p>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)
</p>
</li>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">18.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers.
The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can be
directly imported to Subsurface.</td>
</tr></table>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">18.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Mares Dive Organiser is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The
database includes all Dive Organiser-registered divers on the particular
computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to obtain a copy
of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
format which can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Within Dive Organiser, select <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and
back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file
DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Rename the file to DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a
file <em>DiveOrganiser.sdf</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
</p>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>.
</p>
</li>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">18.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to convert
the whole database. This is because other export formats do not include all
the details, and we would lack e.g. gas switches and information of what
units are used. With database import, all this information is included and
readily available for us.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface, do the following:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Select <em>Settings</em> button
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Close the Settings dialog
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the
dives are automatically converted to our own format. Last step to do is save
the log file in Subsurface.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<h2 id="_annexe_d_exporter_un_tableur_vers_le_format_csv">19. ANNEXE D : Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</h2>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>De nombreux plongeurs conservent un carnet de plongée sous forme de fichier
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
numérique, souvent un tableur avec différents champs et informations. Ces
données peuvent facilement être importées dans <em>Subsurface</em> après que le
tableur a été converti en fichier CSV. Cette section explique la procedure
pour convertir un carnet de plongée enregistrée sous forme de tableur vers
un fichier CSV qui pourra ensuite être importé dans <em>Subsurface</em>. Créer un
fichier CSV est une tache simple malgré que la procédure soit différente
selon le tableur utilisé.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>La première étape est d’organiser les données de plongées dans le tableur
pour que la première ligne contienne le nom (ou le titre) de chaque colonne
et que les informations de chaque plongée soient contenues sur une seule
ligne. <em>Subsurface</em> supporte de nombreux éléments (Dive #, Date, Time,
Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight et
Tags). L’utilisateur peut organiser les données de plongées selon quelques
règles simples :</p></div>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Date : utiliser un des formats suivants : aaaa-mm-jj, jj.mm.aaaa, mm/jj/aaaa
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Durée : le format est minutes:secondes.
</p>
</li>
<li>
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
<p>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
Système d’unité : un seul système d’unité doit être utilisé (pas de mélange
entre les unités impériales et métriques)
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
</p>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
Étiquettes et équipiers : les valeurs doivent être séparées par des
virgules.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Position GPS : vous devez utiliser les degrés décimaux, par exemple :
30.22496 30.821798
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="sect2">
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_et_em_openoffice_calc_em">19.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> et <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3>
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open
source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em>
and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format
2015-07-20 16:31:06 +00:00
should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one
of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like
this:</p></div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" />
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File →
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the
file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" />
</div>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point),
then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" />
</div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and
then import the dive data as explained on the section
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">19.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not
accessible from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft
Control Panel</em>. After changing the separator character, all software on the
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
Windows machine use the new character as a separator. One can change the
character back to the default character by following the same procedure,
outlined below.</p></div>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, and then select <em>Control
Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side.
</p>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
</li>
<li>
<p>
2015-02-04 16:00:33 +00:00
Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Do one of the following: <strong> In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then
click <em>Customize this format</em>. </strong> In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional
Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited
file, type the word TAB in the box.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>OK</em> twice.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the
top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the
right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an
alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue,
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Ensure that
the appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" />
</div>
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder
that was selected. One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section
<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
</div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">20. ANNEXE E : Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé</h2>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="sectionbody">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a mechanism to create or modify templates for printing
dive logs in order to produce customised printouts of dive logs. Templates,
written in HTML as well as a simple Grantlee instruction set, are rendered
to the print device by <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
2015-05-28 14:17:00 +00:00
</div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box allows one to <em>Edit</em>,
<em>Delete</em>, <em>Import</em> and to <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or
modified templates are stored as HTML files in the same directory as the
dive log being processed. In order to create or modify a template, select
the <em>Custom</em> template from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue
(see image <strong>B</strong> above), then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel comprises three tabs:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and colour
template used for printing the dive log. The style attributes are
editable. Choose one of the four colour palets used for colour printing.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colours used for
printing the dive log. The colours are highly customisable: the <em>Edit</em>
buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing abritrary colours for different
components of the dive log printout.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a
template using HTML as well as a few Grantlee programming
primitives. Grantlee provides the ability to create and format HTML code in
a highly simple but efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can
be edited and saved. The saved template is stored in the same directory as
the dive being processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em> template is a skeleton with
no specific print instructions. The informastion being printed needs to be
specified and formatted in the by replacing the section marked with: "<!--
Template must be filled -→". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions
allows unlimited freedom in determining what is printed an in which way it
should be rendered.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" />
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>One can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log
directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, Table) can be
modified in this way.</p></div>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template the following elements must exist so that the
template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<h3 id="_main_dive_loop">20.1. Main dive loop</h3>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em>
backend. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">template.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %}
<h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1>
{% endfor %}</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">output.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1>
<h1> 2 </h1>
<h1> 3 </h1></code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found
<a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">20.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="50%" />
<col width="50%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) data of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) divemaster data</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy data</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating ranges from 0 to 5</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) sac value</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) all dive tags concatenate together</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) used gas cylinder</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as
<em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically editable template. The exported data
is shown in the following table:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="50%" />
<col width="50%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">template.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">output.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable
contains a single member:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="50%" />
<col width="50%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">template.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> body {
{{ print_options.grayscale }};
}</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">output.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> body {
-webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
}</code></pre>
</div></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">20.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses a special
<em>CSS</em> selectors to do some searches in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors
in the following table should be added.</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="33%" />
<col width="33%" />
<col width="33%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each div that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the div with this class to be divided into two pages, this can be used
in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when
data-numberofdives = 0).</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<h3 id="_special_attributes">20.4. Special attributes</h3>
2015-09-01 12:28:46 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives
in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to fit as much dives as possible into
one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the
rendering mode</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
render 6 dives per page:
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
render as much dives as possible:
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any
page size.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_appendix_f_faqs">21. APPENDIX F: FAQs.</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">21.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3>
<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending
with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em>
calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates
gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular,
it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, Gas
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure -
end pressure)</code></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually
don’t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that
one atmosphere of pressure isn’t actually one bar. So the <strong>real</strong>
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
calculation is:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar".
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a
fairly small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do
high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the
majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple
2015-09-15 08:13:29 +00:00
calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The
compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about
eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface
2015-09-09 12:54:50 +00:00
pressure.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or
be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as
2015-09-08 08:38:20 +00:00
mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts
becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not
contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts
pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">21.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth,
divetime, SAC, etc). <em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer
differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to
trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for
your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long -
because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say
it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It’s
even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW
dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it
at the surface. And then you don’t want that to count as some kind of long
dive”.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">21.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3>
<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones even
though my dive computer’s manual states that it records history of e.g. 999
dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the log. The
history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total amount of
time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store the dive
profile, but they have limited amount of memory to do so. The exact amount
of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depend on sample interval
and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the oldest dives get
overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to download the last 13,
30 or 199 dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software before
they were overwritten, there is a high change that Subsurface can import
these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they cannot be
salvaged after being over written by new dives.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
</div>
2015-02-20 08:44:06 +00:00
<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
<div id="footer">
<div id="footer-text">
2015-09-18 14:36:22 +00:00
Last updated 2015-09-18 16:34:13 CEST
2015-02-20 08:44:06 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</body>
2015-05-18 09:41:16 +00:00
</html>
